1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x), Cortex-M3
160 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) and Intel Quark (x10xx)
161 based cores to be debugged via the GDB protocol.
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
265 @section Gerrit Review System
267 All changes in the OpenOCD Git repository go through the web-based Gerrit
270 @uref{http://openocd.zylin.com/}
272 After a one-time registration and repository setup, anyone can push commits
273 from their local Git repository directly into Gerrit.
274 All users and developers are encouraged to review, test, discuss and vote
275 for changes in Gerrit. The feedback provides the basis for a maintainer to
276 eventually submit the change to the main Git repository.
278 The @file{HACKING} file, also available as the Patch Guide in the Doxygen
279 Developer Manual, contains basic information about how to connect a
280 repository to Gerrit, prepare and push patches. Patch authors are expected to
281 maintain their changes while they're in Gerrit, respond to feedback and if
282 necessary rework and push improved versions of the change.
284 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
286 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
287 communication between developers:
289 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
291 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
293 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
294 using Trac for its bug database:
296 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
299 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
300 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
309 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
310 an adapter .... [snip]
312 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
313 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
314 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
315 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
316 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
317 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
318 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
321 @section Choosing a Dongle
323 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
326 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
327 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
328 other ways to communicate with target devices.
329 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
330 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
331 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
332 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
333 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
334 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
335 Ethernet port needed?
336 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
337 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
340 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
342 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
343 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
344 running on the developer's host computer.
345 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
346 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
347 IP address assigned to the probe.
348 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
350 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
351 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
353 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
354 to power cycle the target remotely.
356 For more information, visit:
358 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
360 @section USB FT2232 Based
362 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
363 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
364 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
365 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
366 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
367 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
368 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
369 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
372 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
373 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
374 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
375 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
376 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
378 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
379 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
383 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
385 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
387 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
389 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
391 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
392 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
393 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
394 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
395 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
396 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
397 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
398 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
399 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
400 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
401 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
402 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
403 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
404 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
405 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
406 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
407 @item @b{turtelizer2}
409 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
410 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
414 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
415 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
416 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
417 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
419 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
420 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
421 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
422 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
423 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
425 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
427 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
428 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
431 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
435 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
437 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
438 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
439 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
440 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
441 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
443 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
444 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
445 (see the section on driver commands).
448 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
449 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
450 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
451 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
454 @section USB JLINK based
455 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
456 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
457 AT91SAM764 internally.
460 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
461 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
462 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
465 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
468 @section USB RLINK based
469 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
470 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
471 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
474 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
475 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
476 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
478 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
482 @section USB ST-LINK based
483 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
484 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
488 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
489 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
491 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
495 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
496 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
497 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
499 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
500 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
503 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
504 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
505 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
506 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
508 @section USB CMSIS-DAP based
509 ARM has released a interface standard called CMSIS-DAP that simplifies connecting
510 debuggers to ARM Cortex based targets @url{http://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/dapdebug/dapdebug_introduction.htm}.
515 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
517 @item @b{USB - Presto}
518 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
520 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
523 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
524 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
527 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
530 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
533 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
535 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
536 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
539 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
541 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
542 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
545 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
546 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
551 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
552 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
554 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
555 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
556 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
558 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
559 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
562 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
564 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
565 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
567 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
568 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
571 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
574 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
580 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
581 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
584 @* From ST Microsystems;
585 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
593 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
596 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
598 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
599 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
602 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
603 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
608 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
612 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
613 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
616 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
617 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
618 much of anything about Tcl.
619 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
621 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
622 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
623 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
624 OpenOCD mailing list.
627 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
628 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
629 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
630 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
631 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
632 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
634 @item @b{Missing Features}
635 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
636 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
637 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
641 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
642 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
643 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
646 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
647 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
648 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
649 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
651 @item @b{Historical Note}
652 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
653 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
654 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
655 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
657 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
658 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
663 @cindex command line options
665 @cindex directory search
667 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
668 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
669 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
670 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
671 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
673 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
674 tell it how each debug session should work.
675 The @option{--help} option shows:
679 --help | -h display this help
680 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
681 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
682 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
683 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
684 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
685 --command | -c run <command>
688 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
689 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
690 To specify one or more different
691 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
694 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
697 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
699 @item the current directory,
700 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
701 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
702 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
703 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
704 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
706 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
709 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
710 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
713 @section Simple setup, no customization
715 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
716 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
717 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
718 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
719 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
721 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
722 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
723 the server with some variation of one of the following:
726 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
727 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
730 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
731 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
732 If all goes well you'll see output something like
735 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
736 For bug reports, read
737 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
738 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
739 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
742 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
743 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
744 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
746 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
748 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
749 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
750 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
751 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
752 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
753 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
754 ensure that this always succeeds.
755 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
756 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
757 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
758 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
760 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
761 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
764 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
765 the @option{-d} option.
767 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
768 @option{-c} command line switch.
770 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
771 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
772 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
773 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
774 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
775 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
776 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
778 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
779 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
781 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
782 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
783 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
784 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
786 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
787 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
789 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
790 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
791 and start the OpenOCD server.
792 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
793 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
794 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
795 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
797 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
799 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
800 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
801 and a USB cable on the other.
802 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
803 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
806 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
807 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
808 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
809 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
810 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
811 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
814 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
815 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
816 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
817 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
818 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
820 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
821 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
822 with 1.2 Volt boards.
824 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
825 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
826 ways to connect the cable.
827 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
828 Be sure it's firmly connected.
830 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
831 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
832 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
833 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
834 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
835 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
836 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
837 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
839 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
840 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
841 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
842 but are tedious to set up.
843 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
844 adapter signals to the right board pins.
846 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
847 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
848 you are using to run OpenOCD.
849 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
851 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
852 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
853 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
854 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
856 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
857 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
858 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
860 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
861 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
862 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
863 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
867 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
868 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
869 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
871 @section Project Directory
873 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
875 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
876 single directory for your work with a given board.
877 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
878 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
879 files accessed through semihosting,
880 and for code you upload to the target board.
881 It is also the natural place to write files,
882 such as log files and data you download from the board.
884 @section Configuration Basics
886 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
887 a variety of ways you can mix them.
888 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
891 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
892 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
893 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
896 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
897 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
898 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
901 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
903 # GDB can also flash my flash!
904 gdb_memory_map enable
905 gdb_flash_program enable
907 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
910 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
913 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
914 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
915 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
916 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
919 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
920 each supporting a different development task.
921 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
922 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
925 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
926 problems with how it treats variables.
927 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
928 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
929 that can be tested in a later script.
932 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
933 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
934 to simplify your work.
936 @section User Config Files
937 @cindex config file, user
938 @cindex user config file
939 @cindex config file, overview
941 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
943 One of the following will match your situation best:
946 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
947 provided by someone else.
948 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
949 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
950 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
951 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
952 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
953 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
955 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
956 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
959 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
960 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
961 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
964 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
965 The first is an interface config file.
966 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
967 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
968 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
972 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
973 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
976 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
977 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
978 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
979 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
981 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
982 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
983 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
984 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
986 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
987 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
989 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
990 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
991 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
992 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
994 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
995 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
996 giving access to your particular flash chips.
997 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
998 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
1001 When you write new configuration files, please submit
1002 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
1003 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
1004 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
1005 will help support users of any board using that chip.
1009 You may may need to write some C code.
1010 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
1011 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
1012 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
1013 a new chip architecture.
1016 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
1017 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
1018 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1020 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1021 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1022 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1026 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1027 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1028 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1029 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1032 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1033 @cindex vector_catch
1034 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1035 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1036 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1037 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1038 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1039 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1042 You might need to override some defaults.
1043 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1044 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1047 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1048 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1049 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1052 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1054 A few project-specific utility
1055 routines may well speed up your work.
1056 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1058 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1059 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1060 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1061 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1062 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1066 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1067 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1068 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1069 # Leave the CPU halted.
1072 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1073 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1080 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1081 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1082 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1083 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1084 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1087 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1088 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1089 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1090 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1093 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1094 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1095 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1096 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1097 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1098 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1099 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1101 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1106 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1108 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1109 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1110 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1112 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1113 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1115 @section Target Software Changes
1117 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1118 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1119 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1120 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1121 handling issues like:
1125 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1126 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1127 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1128 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1129 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1130 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1131 your debug sessions.
1133 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1134 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1135 That might however be your only option.
1137 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1138 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1139 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1140 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1141 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1142 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1143 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1144 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1145 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1146 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1147 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1148 instead of the whole thing.
1149 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1150 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1152 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1153 @cindex ARM semihosting
1154 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1155 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1156 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1157 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1158 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1159 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1160 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1161 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1162 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1163 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1166 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1167 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1168 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1169 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1170 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1172 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1173 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1174 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1175 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1176 registers which can be used to change various features including
1177 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1178 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1179 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1180 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1181 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1183 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1184 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1185 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1186 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1187 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1189 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1190 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1191 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1192 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1193 early code execution can be debugged
1194 or firmware can be replaced.
1196 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1197 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1198 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1199 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1200 operations like writing to memory.)
1202 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1203 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1204 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1205 various kinds of message.
1206 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1210 @section Target Hardware Setup
1212 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1213 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1214 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1215 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1218 Common issues include:
1222 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1223 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1224 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1225 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1226 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1227 or one from a daughtercard).
1228 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1229 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1231 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1232 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1233 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1234 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1235 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1236 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1238 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1239 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1240 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1241 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1242 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1245 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1246 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1247 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1248 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1249 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1250 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1251 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1253 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1254 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1255 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1256 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1257 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1259 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1260 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1261 used to start booting.
1263 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1264 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1265 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1266 multiple audio codec chips).
1267 This interacts with software
1268 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1269 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1270 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1271 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1272 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1273 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1274 audio or video codecs are used.
1278 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1279 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1280 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1281 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1282 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1283 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1284 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1285 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1286 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1287 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1290 @node Config File Guidelines
1291 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1293 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1294 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1295 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1296 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1298 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1299 with files including the ones listed here.
1300 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1302 @item @file{interface} ...
1303 These are for debug adapters.
1304 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1308 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1309 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1310 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1311 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1312 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1313 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1314 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1315 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1316 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1317 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1318 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1319 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1320 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1321 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1322 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1323 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1324 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1325 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1326 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1327 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1328 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1329 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1330 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1335 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1336 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1337 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1338 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1339 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1340 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1341 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1342 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1343 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1344 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1345 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1346 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1347 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1348 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1349 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1350 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1351 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1354 @item @file{board} ...
1355 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1356 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1357 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1358 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1359 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1360 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1361 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1362 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1363 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1367 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1368 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1369 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1370 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1371 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1372 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1373 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1374 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1375 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1376 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1377 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1378 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1379 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1380 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1381 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1382 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1383 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1384 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1385 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1386 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1387 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1388 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1389 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1390 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1391 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1392 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1393 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1394 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1395 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1396 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1397 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1398 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1399 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1400 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1401 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1402 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1403 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1404 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1405 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1406 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1407 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1408 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1409 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1410 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1411 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1412 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1413 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1414 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1415 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1416 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1417 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1418 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1419 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1420 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1421 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1422 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1423 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1424 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1425 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1426 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1427 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1428 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1429 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1430 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1431 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1432 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1433 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1434 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1435 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1436 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1437 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1440 @item @file{target} ...
1441 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1443 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1444 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1445 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1446 the target config file defines all of them.
1449 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1450 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1451 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1452 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1453 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1454 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1455 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1456 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1457 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1458 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1459 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1460 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1461 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1462 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1463 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1464 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1465 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1466 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1467 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1468 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1469 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1470 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1471 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1472 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1473 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1474 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1475 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1476 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1477 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1478 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1479 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1480 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1481 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1482 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1483 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1484 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1485 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1486 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1487 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1488 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1489 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1490 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1491 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1492 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1493 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1494 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1495 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1496 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1497 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1498 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1499 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1500 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1501 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1502 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1503 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1504 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1505 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1506 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1507 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1508 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1509 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1510 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1511 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1512 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1513 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1516 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1517 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1519 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1520 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1521 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1522 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1523 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1524 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1525 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1527 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1528 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1531 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1532 file may override features in any of the above files by
1533 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1534 commands specific to their situation.
1536 @section Interface Config Files
1538 The user config file
1539 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1542 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1545 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1546 in use today with OpenOCD.
1547 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1548 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1550 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1551 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1552 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1553 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1554 and need to provide a driver for it.
1556 @section Board Config Files
1557 @cindex config file, board
1558 @cindex board config file
1560 The user config file
1561 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1564 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1567 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1568 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1569 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1572 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1573 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1574 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1575 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1576 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1577 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1580 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1581 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1582 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1583 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1585 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1586 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1587 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1588 configuration works.
1590 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1592 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1593 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1594 convention on how to use certain variables.
1596 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1597 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1598 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1599 used at will within a target configuration file.
1601 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1602 for a board with three chips:
1605 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1606 set CHIPNAME network
1608 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1609 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1610 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1611 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1613 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1616 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1617 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1618 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1619 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1621 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1624 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1627 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1628 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1629 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1630 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1631 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1632 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1633 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1634 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1636 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1637 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1640 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1641 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1642 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1643 up other clocks and peripherals.
1645 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1646 @cindex variable names
1648 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1649 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1650 one such chip (as shown above).
1651 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1652 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1653 to promote consistency and
1654 so that board files can override target defaults.
1656 Inputs to target config files include:
1659 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1660 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1661 tap identifier dotted names.
1662 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1663 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1664 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1665 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1666 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1667 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1668 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1669 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1670 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1671 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1674 Outputs from target config files include:
1677 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1678 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1679 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1680 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1681 specific to that board and that target.
1682 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1683 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1686 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1687 @cindex event, reset-init
1688 @cindex reset-init handler
1690 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1691 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1693 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1694 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1695 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1696 handler is one of the most important.
1698 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1699 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1700 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1701 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1702 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1705 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1707 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1708 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1709 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1710 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1713 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1714 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1715 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1716 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1717 those as parameters.
1718 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1719 and disabling the watchdog.
1720 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1721 the next developer doing such work.
1722 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1724 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1725 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1726 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1727 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1729 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1731 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1732 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1733 a low JTAG clock rate.
1734 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1735 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1736 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1737 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1738 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1739 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1740 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1742 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1743 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1744 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1745 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1746 which might be less than that.
1749 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1750 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1751 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1752 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1755 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1756 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1757 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1758 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1759 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1760 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1762 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1763 @subsection The init_board procedure
1764 @cindex init_board procedure
1766 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1767 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1768 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1769 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1770 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1771 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1772 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1773 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1774 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1775 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1776 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1777 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1779 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1780 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1783 ### board_file.cfg ###
1785 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1786 source [find target/target.cfg]
1788 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1789 # enables fast on-board clock source
1790 # configures the chip to use it
1793 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1794 proc init_board @{@} @{
1795 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1797 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1805 @section Target Config Files
1806 @cindex config file, target
1807 @cindex target config file
1809 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1810 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1811 more target config files like this:
1814 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1817 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1818 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1819 In summary the target files should contain
1823 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1824 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1825 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1829 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1830 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1831 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1833 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1834 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1835 can talk to the chip.
1836 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1837 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1838 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1839 and other processing engines.
1841 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1843 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1844 letting board config files express environment-specific
1845 differences in how things should be set up.
1848 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1849 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1850 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1851 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1853 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1856 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1857 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1863 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1864 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1865 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1866 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1867 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1869 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1872 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1874 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1875 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1876 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1878 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1879 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1880 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1883 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1884 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1887 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1888 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1889 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1890 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1893 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1894 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1895 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1896 looks (in part) like this:
1899 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1902 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1903 to source such a config file twice, with different
1904 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1905 it adds a different TAP each time.
1907 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1908 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1909 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1910 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1913 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1914 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1915 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1916 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1917 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1920 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1921 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1924 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1925 plus a JRC to enable them
1926 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1927 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1928 is not currently used)
1931 @subsection Add CPU targets
1933 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1934 GDB and other commands can use it.
1935 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1936 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1937 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1938 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1941 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1942 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1945 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1946 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1947 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1948 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1949 a work area if you can.
1950 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1953 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1954 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1957 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1958 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1960 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1963 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1964 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1965 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1966 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1967 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1968 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1969 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1970 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1972 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1973 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1975 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1976 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1977 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1978 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1979 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1980 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1983 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1984 command have been implemented.
1986 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1987 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1988 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1989 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1990 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1997 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1998 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1999 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
2001 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2002 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2006 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
2007 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2008 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
2010 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
2011 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2015 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
2017 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
2018 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2019 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2021 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2022 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2023 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2024 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2027 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2028 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2029 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2030 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2031 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2032 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2033 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2034 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2035 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2036 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2039 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2040 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2041 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2042 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2043 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2044 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2045 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2046 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2048 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2049 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2050 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2051 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2052 slower clock than they will use later.
2053 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2054 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2055 than they will use later.
2056 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2058 @quotation Important
2059 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2060 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2061 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2062 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2063 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2066 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2067 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2068 @cindex init_targets procedure
2070 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2071 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2072 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2073 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2074 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2075 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2076 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2077 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2078 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2081 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2083 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2084 # basic initialization procedure ...
2087 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2088 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2089 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2092 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2094 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2096 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2097 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2098 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2102 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2103 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2105 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2107 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2108 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2110 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2112 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2113 special high speed download features - enable it.
2115 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2117 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2118 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2119 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2120 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2121 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2122 If you are using an external trace port,
2123 configure it in your board config file.
2124 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2125 configure it in your target config file.
2128 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2129 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2132 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2134 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2136 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2137 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2138 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2139 the TARGET (chip) file.
2143 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2144 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2145 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2146 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2149 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2150 @section Translating Configuration Files
2152 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2153 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2154 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2155 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2156 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2157 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2159 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2160 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2161 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2162 convert other scripts later on.
2164 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2168 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2170 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2172 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2174 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2176 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2179 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2181 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2182 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2183 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2189 @node Daemon Configuration
2190 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2191 @cindex initialization
2192 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2193 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2196 @anchor{configurationstage}
2197 @section Configuration Stage
2198 @cindex configuration stage
2199 @cindex config command
2201 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2202 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2203 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2204 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2205 inside startup scripts.
2207 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2208 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2209 which may be issued interactively.
2210 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2211 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2213 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2215 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2216 and other basic setup.
2217 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2218 may access or activate TAPs.
2219 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2222 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2223 @section Entering the Run Stage
2225 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2226 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2227 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2228 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2229 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2230 You should see no errors at this point.
2231 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2232 commands you used to configure the server.
2233 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2234 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2237 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2239 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2240 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2241 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2242 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2243 entry to the run stage.
2245 @deffn {Config Command} init
2246 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2247 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2248 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2249 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2250 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2251 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2253 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2254 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2255 configuration files and/or command line options.
2257 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2258 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2259 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2260 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2261 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2264 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2265 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2266 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2268 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2269 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2271 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2272 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2274 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2276 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2277 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2281 @section TCP/IP Ports
2286 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2287 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2288 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2290 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2291 access using one or more of these ports.
2292 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2293 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2294 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2296 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2298 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2299 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2300 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2301 the normal use cases.
2303 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2304 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2305 disables the gdb server.
2307 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2308 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2310 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2311 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2313 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2314 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2315 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2317 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2318 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2319 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2320 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2323 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2324 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2325 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2326 output from the Tcl engine.
2327 Intended as a machine interface.
2328 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2329 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2333 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2334 Specify or query the
2335 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2336 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2337 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2338 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2339 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2342 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2343 @section GDB Configuration
2345 @cindex GDB configuration
2346 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2347 The ones listed here are static and global.
2348 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2349 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2351 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2352 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2353 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2354 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2355 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2356 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2357 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2360 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2361 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2362 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2363 vFlash packet is received.
2364 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2367 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2368 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2369 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2370 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2371 for flash programming to work.
2372 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2373 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2376 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2377 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2378 by GDB memory read packets.
2379 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2380 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2383 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2384 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2385 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2388 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2389 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2391 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2394 @anchor{eventpolling}
2395 @section Event Polling
2397 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2398 where significant events can happen at any time.
2399 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2400 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2403 Examples of such events include:
2406 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2407 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2408 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2409 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2410 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2411 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2412 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2413 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2414 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2415 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2416 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2417 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2420 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2421 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2422 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2423 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2424 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2426 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2427 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2428 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2429 to the various active targets.
2430 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2431 which is normally done in the background.
2433 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2434 Poll the current target for its current state.
2435 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2436 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2437 specific information about the current state is printed.
2438 An optional parameter
2439 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2441 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2442 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2443 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2446 background polling: on
2447 target state: halted
2448 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2449 current mode: Supervisor
2450 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2451 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2456 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2457 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2458 @cindex config file, interface
2459 @cindex interface config file
2461 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2462 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2463 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2466 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2467 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2468 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2469 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2470 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2471 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2472 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2475 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2476 through commands in an interface configuration
2477 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2478 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2481 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2485 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2486 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2493 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2496 @section Interface Configuration
2498 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2499 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2500 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2502 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2503 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2507 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2508 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2509 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2511 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2512 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2513 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2514 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2515 the hardware can support.
2520 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2521 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2524 @section Interface Drivers
2526 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2527 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2528 available at run time.
2530 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2531 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2532 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2533 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2535 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2536 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2537 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2540 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2541 Displays status of RTCK option.
2542 Optionally sets that option first.
2546 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2547 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2548 This has one driver-specific command:
2550 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2555 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2556 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2557 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2558 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2559 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2560 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2563 @deffn {Interface Driver} {cmsis-dap}
2564 ARM CMSIS-DAP compliant based adapter.
2566 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2567 The vendor ID and product ID of the CMSIS-DAP device. If not specified
2568 the driver will attempt to auto detect the CMSIS-DAP device.
2569 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2571 cmsis_dap_vid_pid 0xc251 0xf001 0x0d28 0x0204
2575 @deffn {Command} {cmsis-dap info}
2576 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2580 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2581 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2584 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2585 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2588 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2589 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2591 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2592 recommended as its replacement.
2594 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2595 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2597 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2598 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2599 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2600 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2601 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2604 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2605 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2606 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2607 is connected to the host.
2608 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2609 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2610 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2613 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2614 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2615 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2616 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2618 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2619 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2620 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2621 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2622 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2623 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2624 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2625 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2626 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2627 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2628 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2629 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2630 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2631 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2632 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2633 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2634 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2635 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2636 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2637 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2638 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2639 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2640 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2641 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2642 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2643 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2644 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2648 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2649 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2650 default values are used.
2651 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2653 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2657 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2658 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2659 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2660 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2661 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2662 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2663 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2666 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2667 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2668 The default value is 1.
2671 For example, the interface config file for a
2672 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2676 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2677 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2678 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2682 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2683 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2684 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2685 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2688 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2689 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2690 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2692 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2693 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2694 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2696 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2697 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2698 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2699 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2700 will be used for their customary purpose.
2702 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2703 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2704 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2705 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2708 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2709 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2710 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2711 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2712 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2713 switching data and direction as necessary
2716 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2717 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2719 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2720 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2721 default values are used.
2722 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2724 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2728 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2729 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2730 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2731 during device selection.
2734 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2735 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2736 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2737 is connected to the host.
2738 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2739 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2740 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2743 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2744 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2745 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2748 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2749 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2750 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2751 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2752 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2753 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2754 and initially asserted reset signals.
2757 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2758 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2759 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2760 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2761 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2762 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2763 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2764 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2765 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2767 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2768 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2769 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2770 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2771 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2772 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2774 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2775 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2776 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2777 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2778 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2779 are always driven by the FTDI.
2782 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2783 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2785 @item @option{0}, drive low
2786 @item @option{1}, drive high
2787 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2791 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2792 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2795 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2796 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2797 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2798 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2800 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2801 processors which are being simulated.
2803 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2804 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2805 sockets instead of TCP.
2808 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2809 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2810 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2813 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2817 interface remote_bitbang
2818 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2819 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2822 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2826 interface remote_bitbang
2827 remote_bitbang_port 0
2828 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2832 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2833 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2834 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2835 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2837 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2838 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2839 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2840 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2841 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2844 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2845 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2846 default values are used.
2847 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2848 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2850 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2852 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2854 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2858 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2859 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2860 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2861 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2863 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2865 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2866 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2872 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2873 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2874 This has one driver-specific command:
2876 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2877 Display either the address of the I/O port
2878 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2879 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2880 This is a write-once setting.
2884 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2885 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2887 @quotation Compatibility Note
2888 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2889 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2890 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2891 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2892 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2893 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2894 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2895 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2896 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2897 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2900 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2901 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2903 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2904 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2906 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2907 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2909 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2910 Display the J-Link configuration.
2912 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2913 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2915 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2916 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2918 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2919 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2920 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2921 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2923 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2924 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2926 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2927 Reset the current configuration.
2929 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2930 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2932 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2933 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2937 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2938 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2939 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2940 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2941 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2943 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2944 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2945 This is a write-once setting.
2946 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2949 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2950 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2951 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2952 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2953 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2954 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2955 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2956 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2957 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2958 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2960 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2961 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2962 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2963 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2964 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2965 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2966 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2967 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2968 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2969 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2973 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2974 Display either the address of the I/O port
2975 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2976 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2977 This is a write-once setting.
2979 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2980 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2981 you may encounter a problem.
2984 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2985 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2986 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2987 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2988 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2989 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2991 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2992 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2994 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2995 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2997 > parport_toggling_time 1000
3000 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
3001 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
3002 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
3003 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
3004 large set of samples.
3005 Update the setting to match your measurement:
3007 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
3009 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
3010 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
3012 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
3013 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
3014 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
3015 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
3016 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
3020 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
3021 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
3022 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
3025 For example, the interface configuration file for a
3026 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
3031 parport_cable wiggler
3035 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3036 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3037 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3038 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3042 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3043 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3046 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3047 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3050 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3051 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3054 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3055 which are not currently documented here.
3059 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3060 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3061 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3062 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3064 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3066 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3067 Currently Not Supported.
3070 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3071 Currently Not Supported.
3074 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3075 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3078 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3079 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3082 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3083 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3084 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3085 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3086 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3090 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3091 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3094 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3095 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3098 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3099 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3103 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3104 which are not currently documented here.
3107 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3108 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3109 No arguments: print status.
3112 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3113 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3114 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3116 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3117 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3118 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3119 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3120 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3121 configuration on exit.
3123 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3128 @section Transport Configuration
3130 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3131 and the debug adapter you are using,
3132 several transports may be available to
3133 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3134 @deffn Command {transport list}
3135 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3139 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3140 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3141 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3142 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3143 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3146 @subsection JTAG Transport
3148 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3149 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3150 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3151 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3152 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3153 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3154 @subsection SWD Transport
3156 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3157 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3158 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3159 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3160 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3161 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3162 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3163 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3164 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3165 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3168 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3169 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3170 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3171 No parameters: displays current settings.
3174 @subsection CMSIS-DAP Transport
3176 CMSIS-DAP is an ARM-specific transport that is used to connect to
3177 compilant debuggers.
3179 @subsection SPI Transport
3181 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3182 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3183 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3184 solution for flash programming.
3188 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3189 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3190 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3191 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3192 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3193 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3194 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3195 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3196 power management software that may be active.
3198 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3199 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3200 target event handler.
3201 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3202 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3203 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3204 sets up those clocks).
3205 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3206 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3207 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3208 in the target config file.
3209 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3210 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3211 config file instead.
3212 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3213 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3214 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3218 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3221 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3222 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3223 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3224 may not be the fastest solution.
3226 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3227 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3228 which support adaptive clocking.
3230 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3231 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3232 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3233 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3234 than the speed specified.
3236 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3237 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3238 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3239 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3241 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3242 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3243 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3244 JTAG clocking after setup.
3245 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3246 If the interface device can not
3247 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3250 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3251 @cindex adaptive clocking
3253 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3254 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3255 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3257 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3262 @node Reset Configuration
3263 @chapter Reset Configuration
3264 @cindex Reset Configuration
3266 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3267 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3268 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3269 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3270 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3271 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3272 Please see the various board files for examples.
3275 To maintainers and integrators:
3276 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3277 Normally the board configuration file
3278 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3279 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3281 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3282 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3283 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3284 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3285 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3286 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3289 @section Types of Reset
3291 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3292 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3293 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3297 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3298 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3299 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3300 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3302 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3303 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3304 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3305 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3307 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3308 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3309 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3310 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3312 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3313 several other types of reset.
3314 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3315 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3316 There may be individual module resets.
3319 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3320 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3321 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3322 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3323 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3324 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3325 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3326 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3327 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3329 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3330 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3332 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3333 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3338 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3339 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3340 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3341 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3342 when either of those signals is not connected.
3343 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3344 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3345 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3346 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3348 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3349 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3350 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3351 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3353 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3354 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3355 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3356 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3357 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3358 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3359 hardware debouncing.
3360 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3361 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3363 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3364 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3365 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3366 to use push/pull output drivers.
3367 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3368 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3369 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3370 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3372 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3373 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3374 issues (not limited to errata).
3375 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3376 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3377 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3378 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3379 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3380 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3383 There can also be other issues.
3384 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3385 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3386 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3387 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3388 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3391 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3392 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3393 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3395 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3396 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3398 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3400 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3401 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3402 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3403 allowing it to be deasserted.
3406 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3407 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3408 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3409 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3410 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3413 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3414 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3415 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3416 allowing it to be deasserted.
3419 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3420 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3421 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3424 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3425 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3426 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3427 configuration scripts.
3429 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3430 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3431 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3432 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3433 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3434 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3435 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3436 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3438 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3439 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3440 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3441 -- may be specified at a time.
3442 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3443 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3444 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3445 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3446 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3450 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3451 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3452 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3453 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3454 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3457 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3458 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3462 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3463 signal implementations.
3464 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3465 indicating everything behaves normally.
3466 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3467 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3468 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3469 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3470 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3471 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3472 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3475 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3476 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3477 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3478 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3479 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3480 while SRST is asserted.
3481 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3482 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3485 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3486 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3487 is required to use this option.
3488 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3489 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3490 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3491 be asserted before any target connection.
3492 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3493 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3494 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3497 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3498 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3499 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3500 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3501 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3505 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3506 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3507 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3508 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3511 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3512 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3513 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3514 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3515 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3519 @section Custom Reset Handling
3522 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3523 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3524 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3525 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3526 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3527 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3529 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3530 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3531 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3532 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3533 want to reset everything at once.
3535 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3536 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3537 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3538 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3539 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3540 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3541 needs special attention.
3543 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3544 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3545 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3546 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3547 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3548 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3549 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3550 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3552 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3553 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3554 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3555 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3556 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3558 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3559 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3560 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3561 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3562 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3563 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3564 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3565 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3566 or potentially some other value.
3568 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3569 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3570 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3571 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3572 (or their associated targets)
3573 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3575 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3577 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3578 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3581 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3582 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3583 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3584 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3585 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3586 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3587 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3588 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3589 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3590 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3591 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3594 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3595 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3596 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3597 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3598 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3602 @node TAP Declaration
3603 @chapter TAP Declaration
3604 @cindex TAP declaration
3605 @cindex TAP configuration
3607 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3608 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3611 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target.
3612 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3613 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3614 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3615 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3616 start running that code.
3617 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3618 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3619 and missing connections.
3622 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3623 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3624 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3625 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3626 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3628 @section Scan Chains
3631 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3632 which is a daisy chain of TAPs.
3633 They also need to be added to
3634 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3635 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3636 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3637 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3638 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3639 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3640 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3641 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3643 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3644 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3645 command, presented in the next chapter.
3646 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3648 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3651 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3652 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3653 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3654 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3655 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3658 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3659 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3660 Unfortunately, those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3661 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3662 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3663 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3664 until they are told to do so.
3666 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3667 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3668 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3669 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3672 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3675 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3677 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3679 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3680 That declaration order must match the order in the JTAG scan chain,
3681 both inside a single chip and between them.
3682 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3684 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3685 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3686 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3687 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3688 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3689 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3690 includes commands something like this:
3693 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3694 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3695 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3698 Actual config files typically use a variable such as @code{$_CHIPNAME}
3699 instead of literals like @option{str912}, to support more than one chip
3700 of each type. @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3702 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3703 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3704 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3705 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3707 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3708 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3713 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3714 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3716 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3717 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3718 but systems with a JTAG router can
3719 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3722 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3723 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3725 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3726 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3731 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3732 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3733 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3734 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3735 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3736 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3737 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3738 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3740 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3741 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3742 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3744 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3746 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3747 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3748 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3749 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3751 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3752 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3753 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3756 @cindex TAP naming convention
3757 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3758 and should follow this convention:
3761 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a separate TAP;
3762 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3763 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3764 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips with two ARMs, and so forth;
3765 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3766 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3767 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEPick modules
3768 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3769 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only for FPGA- or CPLD-like devices
3771 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3772 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3773 For example, the Freescale i.MX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3774 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3777 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3780 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3781 @*The length in bits of the
3782 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3785 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3788 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3789 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3790 linked into the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3791 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3792 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3793 (the TAP is linked in).
3794 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3795 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{NUMBER}
3796 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3797 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3798 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3799 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3800 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3801 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3802 values that were found but not included in the list.
3804 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3805 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3806 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3807 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3808 hardware to find these values.
3809 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3810 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3811 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3812 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3813 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3814 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3815 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3816 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3817 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3818 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3819 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3820 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3821 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3822 additional bits if you know them, or indicate that
3823 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3824 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3825 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3826 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3827 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3828 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3832 @section Other TAP commands
3834 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name
3835 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name handler
3836 At this writing this TAP attribute
3837 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3838 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3839 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3840 See the next section for information about the available events.
3842 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3843 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3844 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3851 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3852 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3853 The other applies to debugger targets,
3854 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3856 The TAP events currently defined are:
3859 @item @b{post-reset}
3860 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3861 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3862 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3863 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3864 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3866 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3867 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3868 of any particular target.
3869 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3871 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3872 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3873 @item @b{tap-disable}
3874 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3875 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3876 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3877 @item @b{tap-enable}
3878 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3879 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3880 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3883 If you need some action after each JTAG reset which isn't actually
3884 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3885 contents to be accurate), you might:
3888 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3889 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3890 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3895 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3896 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3897 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3900 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3901 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3902 Many ARM-based chips from Texas Instruments include
3903 an ``ICEPick'' module, which is a JRC.
3904 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3906 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3907 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3908 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3910 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3914 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3915 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3916 TAPs receive new instructions.
3917 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3918 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3921 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3922 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3923 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3924 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3926 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3927 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3929 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3930 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3931 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3932 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3933 should define TAP event handlers using
3934 code that looks something like this:
3937 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3938 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3940 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3941 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3945 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3948 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3951 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3952 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3953 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3954 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3956 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3957 If necessary, disables the tap
3958 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3959 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3960 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3961 and "0" if it is disabled.
3964 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3965 If necessary, enables the tap
3966 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3967 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3968 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3969 and "0" if it is disabled.
3972 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3973 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3974 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3975 and "0" if it is disabled.
3978 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3979 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3983 @anchor{autoprobing}
3984 @section Autoprobing
3986 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3988 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3989 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3990 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3991 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3993 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3994 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3995 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3996 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3997 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3998 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3999 right when they come out of reset).
4001 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
4004 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
4005 reset_config trst_and_srst
4009 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
4010 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
4013 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
4014 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
4015 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
4016 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
4017 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
4018 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
4019 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
4020 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
4021 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
4023 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
4024 register, it will report it.
4025 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
4026 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
4029 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4030 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4031 that's a bit more complex:
4035 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4036 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4037 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4038 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4039 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4040 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4041 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4042 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4045 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4046 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4047 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4048 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4049 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4052 @node CPU Configuration
4053 @chapter CPU Configuration
4056 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4057 You can also access these targets without GDB
4058 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4059 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4060 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4061 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4063 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4064 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4066 @section Target List
4067 @cindex target, current
4068 @cindex target, list
4070 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4071 where each member has a name.
4072 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4073 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4075 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4076 look like with more than one:
4078 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4079 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4080 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4081 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4084 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4085 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4086 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4087 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4088 space seen by that current target.
4089 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4090 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4091 are examples; and there are many more.
4093 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4095 @deffn Command {target count}
4096 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4097 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4098 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4100 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4101 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4103 set c [target count]
4104 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4105 # Assuming you have created this function
4106 print_target_details $x
4111 @deffn Command {target current}
4112 Returns the name of the current target.
4115 @deffn Command {target names}
4116 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4118 foreach t [target names] @{
4119 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4124 @deffn Command {target number} number
4125 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4126 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4128 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4129 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4131 set thename [target number $x]
4132 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4136 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4137 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4139 @deffn Command targets [name]
4140 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4141 command names are singular.}
4143 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4144 targets in a user friendly form.
4146 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4147 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4148 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4151 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4156 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4157 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4158 when calling @command{target create}.
4159 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4160 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4161 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4162 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4163 what core-specific commands may be available
4164 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4167 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4168 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4169 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4170 worked around in some chip versions.
4172 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4173 since there's a command to list them.
4174 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4175 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4177 @anchor{targettypes}
4178 @deffn Command {target types}
4179 Lists all supported target types.
4180 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4183 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4184 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4185 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4186 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4187 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4188 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4189 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4190 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4191 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4192 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4193 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4194 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4195 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4196 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4197 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4198 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4199 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4200 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4201 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4202 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4203 There are several variants defined:
4205 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4206 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4207 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4208 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4209 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4211 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4212 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4214 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4215 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4216 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4218 And two debug interfaces cores:
4220 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4221 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4226 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4227 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4228 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4229 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4230 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4231 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4232 reflect design generations;
4233 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4234 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4236 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4237 @section Target Configuration
4239 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4240 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4241 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4242 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4243 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4245 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4246 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4248 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4249 command, created as part of target creation.
4251 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4252 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4253 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4254 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4255 to be much more board-specific.
4256 The key steps you use might look something like this
4259 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4260 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4261 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4262 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4265 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4267 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4268 writes to target memory;
4269 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4270 GDB memory checksumming;
4274 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4275 inaccessible when application code
4276 (such as an operating system)
4277 enables or disables the MMU.
4278 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4279 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4280 easy access to other addresses needed.
4281 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4284 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4285 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4286 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4288 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4289 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4290 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4292 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4293 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4294 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4295 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4296 purposes including additional configuration.
4299 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4300 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4301 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4302 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4304 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4305 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4306 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4307 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4308 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4309 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4310 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4311 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4313 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4317 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4318 The options accepted by this command may also be
4319 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4320 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4321 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4323 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4324 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4325 and changing its endianness or variant.
4329 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4330 used to access this target.
4332 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4333 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4335 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4336 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4337 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4338 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4339 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4340 same event name assigns only one handler.
4342 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4343 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4345 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4346 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4347 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4348 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4349 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4350 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4351 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4353 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4354 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4355 or virtual address is being used.
4357 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4358 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4360 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4361 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4362 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4363 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4364 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4367 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4368 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4369 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4370 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4375 @section Other $target_name Commands
4376 @cindex object command
4378 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4379 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4381 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4382 Once a button is created a button
4383 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4384 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4385 configure it like this:
4389 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4391 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4393 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4395 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4398 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4399 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4402 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4403 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4406 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4408 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4409 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4410 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4411 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4412 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4413 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4414 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4415 They are not otherwise documented here.
4418 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4419 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4420 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4421 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4422 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4423 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4424 the target side uses raw memory.
4426 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4427 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4428 The script orientation comes from working with data
4429 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4430 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4431 and neither store nor return those values.
4434 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4435 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4436 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4437 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4441 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4442 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4443 @command{$target_name configure}
4444 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4445 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4446 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4447 There are a few special cases:
4450 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4451 event named @var{event_name}.
4452 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4454 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4455 This is a special case because this is set using
4456 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4457 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4460 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4461 all the targets you might use something like this:
4464 foreach name [target names] @{
4465 set y [$name cget -endian]
4466 set z [$name cget -type]
4467 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4473 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4474 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4475 Displays the current target state:
4476 @code{debug-running},
4479 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4480 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4483 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4484 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4485 currently associated with this target.
4486 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4489 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4490 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4491 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4492 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4495 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4496 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4497 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4498 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4499 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4500 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4501 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4502 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4503 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4506 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4507 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4508 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4509 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4510 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4511 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4514 @anchor{targetevents}
4515 @section Target Events
4516 @cindex target events
4518 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4521 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4522 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4523 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4524 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4525 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4526 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4527 to set up system clocks or
4528 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4529 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4530 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4533 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4534 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4535 @command{target create ... -event}.
4537 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4538 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4539 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4542 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4546 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4547 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4549 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4554 The following target events are defined:
4557 @item @b{debug-halted}
4558 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4559 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4560 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4561 @item @b{early-halted}
4562 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4563 @item @b{examine-start}
4564 @* Before target examine is called.
4565 @item @b{examine-end}
4566 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4567 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4568 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4569 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4570 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4571 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4572 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4573 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4574 @* When GDB disconnects
4576 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4577 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4578 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4579 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4580 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4581 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4582 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4583 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4584 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4586 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4588 @* The target has halted
4589 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4590 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4591 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4592 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4593 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4594 @item @b{reset-assert}
4595 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4596 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4597 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4598 it instead of asserting SRST.
4599 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4600 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4601 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4602 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4603 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4604 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4605 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4606 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4607 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4608 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4609 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4610 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4611 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4612 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4613 released on the scan chain.
4615 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4617 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4618 @* Currently not used
4619 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4620 @* Currently not used
4622 @item @b{reset-init}
4623 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4624 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4626 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4627 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4628 multiplexing, and so on.
4629 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4630 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4631 @item @b{reset-start}
4632 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4633 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4635 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4636 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4637 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4639 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4640 @* Currently not used
4641 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4642 @* Currently not used
4644 @item @b{resume-start}
4645 @* Before any target is resumed
4646 @item @b{resume-end}
4647 @* After all targets have resumed
4649 @* Target has resumed
4652 @node Flash Commands
4653 @chapter Flash Commands
4655 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4656 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4657 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4658 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4659 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4660 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4661 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4662 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4663 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4667 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4668 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4669 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4670 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4671 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4672 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4673 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4675 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4676 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4677 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4680 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4681 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4682 so that it can't boot.
4683 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4684 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4686 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4687 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4688 @cindex flash configuration
4690 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4691 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4692 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4693 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4694 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4695 see the driver-specific documentation.
4698 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4699 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4700 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4701 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4702 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4703 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4704 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4705 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4706 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4707 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4708 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4709 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4710 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4711 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4712 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4713 commands to the flash controller.
4714 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4715 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4716 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4717 for more information.
4720 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4721 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4725 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4726 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4727 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4728 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4729 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4730 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4731 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4734 @deffn Command {flash list}
4735 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4736 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4737 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4740 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4741 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4742 depends on the flash type.
4743 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4744 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4745 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4746 but most don't bother.
4749 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4750 @cindex flash erasing
4751 @cindex flash reading
4752 @cindex flash writing
4753 @cindex flash programming
4754 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4756 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4757 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4758 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4759 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4760 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4762 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4763 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4764 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4765 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4766 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4769 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4770 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4771 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4772 back to a flash bank.
4773 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4774 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4775 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4776 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4777 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4780 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4781 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4782 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4784 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4785 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4786 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4788 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4789 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4790 up to and including @var{last}.
4791 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4792 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4793 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4794 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4797 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4798 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4799 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4800 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4801 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4802 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4803 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4804 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4805 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4806 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4807 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4808 before erase starts.
4811 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4812 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4813 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4814 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4815 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4816 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4817 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4818 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4819 before issuing this command.
4820 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4821 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4822 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4823 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4825 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4827 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4828 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4829 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4830 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4833 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4834 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4835 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4836 to the base address for each section in the image.
4837 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4838 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4839 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4840 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4841 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4842 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4843 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4844 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4848 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4849 data you want to preserve.
4850 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4851 sections might be erased with no notice.
4854 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4855 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4856 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4858 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4859 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4860 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4861 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4863 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4864 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4869 @section Other Flash commands
4870 @cindex flash protection
4872 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4873 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4874 and display that status.
4875 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4878 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4879 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4880 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4881 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4882 and possibly stale information.
4885 @anchor{flashprotect}
4886 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4887 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4888 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4889 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4890 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4891 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4892 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4895 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4896 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4897 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4898 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4902 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4903 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4904 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4905 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4908 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4909 @section Flash Driver List
4910 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4911 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4912 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4914 @subsection External Flash
4916 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4917 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4919 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4920 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4921 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4922 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4923 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4924 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4925 configure a bus and its timings), or
4926 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4928 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4931 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4934 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4935 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4936 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4939 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4940 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4943 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4944 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4947 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4948 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4949 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4952 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4955 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4958 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4959 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4962 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4963 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4964 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4966 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4967 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4968 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4969 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4970 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4972 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4973 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4974 are configured by the driver.
4977 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4982 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4983 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4986 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4987 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4988 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4990 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4991 flash devices can be connected.
4993 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4994 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4995 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4996 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4999 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
5000 to identify the memory bank.
5001 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
5002 flash size, are detected automatically.
5005 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5010 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
5012 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
5013 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
5014 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5015 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
5016 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
5017 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
5020 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5025 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
5027 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
5028 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
5029 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5030 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5031 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5032 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5033 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5034 chips are confirmed.}
5036 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5037 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5038 the following fixed locations:
5041 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5042 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5043 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5044 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5047 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5048 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5049 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5052 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5053 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5054 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5055 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5056 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5059 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5061 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5062 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5063 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5064 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5065 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5066 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5067 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5069 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5070 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5073 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5074 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5075 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5076 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5077 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5078 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5079 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5080 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5083 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5084 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5085 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5089 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5091 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5092 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5093 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5096 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5097 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5098 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5099 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5100 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5103 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5106 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5107 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5110 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5112 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5113 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5114 @item @var{pages_size}
5115 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5116 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5117 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5120 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5121 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5122 will be autoconfigured.
5123 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5125 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5126 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5127 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5128 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5129 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5131 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5132 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5133 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5134 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5135 are not truly general purpose).
5137 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5138 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5143 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5144 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5145 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5146 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5149 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5150 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5151 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5152 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5153 autoconfigures itself.
5155 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5157 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5161 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5162 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5163 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5164 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5167 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5169 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5170 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5173 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5174 which must appear in the following order:
5177 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5178 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5179 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5180 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5181 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5183 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5184 at which the core is running
5185 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5186 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5188 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5189 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5190 However, if you do provide it,
5191 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5195 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5198 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5199 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5202 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5203 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5204 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5208 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5209 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5210 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5211 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5212 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5213 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5216 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5220 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5221 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5224 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5225 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5226 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5227 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5228 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5229 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5230 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5233 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5235 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5236 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5237 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5239 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5240 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5241 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5242 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5243 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5244 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5245 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5247 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5249 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5252 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5253 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5254 @code{flash banks} command.
5256 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5257 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5258 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5259 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5264 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5268 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5269 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5270 saves it to a file in binary format.
5273 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5277 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5278 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5279 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5282 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5283 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5284 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5285 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5287 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5290 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5291 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5295 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5296 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5297 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5298 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5299 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5300 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5302 @quotation Attention
5303 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5307 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5311 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5312 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5313 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5314 after the next power cycle.
5315 @quotation Attention
5316 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5318 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5321 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5323 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5324 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5325 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5326 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5330 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5331 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5332 effective after the next power cycle.
5333 @quotation Attention
5334 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5338 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5343 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5344 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5347 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5351 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5352 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5353 and integrate flash memory.
5356 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5357 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5360 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5361 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5362 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5363 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5364 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5365 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5366 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5367 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5369 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5370 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5371 This will remove any Code Protection.
5375 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5376 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5378 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5379 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5380 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5381 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5382 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5383 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5386 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5389 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5390 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5391 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5392 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5393 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5394 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5396 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5397 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5399 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5400 applied to all of them.
5405 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5406 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5407 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5408 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5409 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5412 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5415 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5416 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5420 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5423 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5424 as per the following example.
5426 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5429 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5430 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5431 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5432 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5435 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5436 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5437 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5440 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5441 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5442 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5445 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5446 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5447 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5448 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5451 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5452 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5453 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5457 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5458 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5459 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5460 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5461 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5463 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5464 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5468 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5471 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5473 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5474 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5475 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5478 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5479 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5480 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5484 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5485 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5486 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5487 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5488 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5490 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5491 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5495 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5499 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5500 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5501 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5502 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5503 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5506 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5509 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5510 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5511 for the specified flash bank.
5515 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5516 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5517 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5518 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5519 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5522 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5523 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5526 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5527 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5528 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5531 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5532 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5533 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5534 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5540 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5541 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5542 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5543 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5545 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5547 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5548 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5551 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5552 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5555 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5556 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5561 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5562 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5563 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5565 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5568 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5571 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5572 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5573 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5575 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5576 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5577 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5581 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5582 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5583 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5584 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5585 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5586 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5587 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5590 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5594 @subsection str9xpec driver
5597 Here is some background info to help
5598 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5602 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5603 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5605 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5606 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5607 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5608 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5611 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5612 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5613 configured for flash bank 0.
5615 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5616 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5618 # turn off target polling
5621 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5623 str9xpec options_read 0
5624 # re-enable str9 core
5625 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5629 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5630 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5631 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5632 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5634 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5635 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5636 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5637 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5638 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5640 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5642 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5643 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5646 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5647 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5648 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5651 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5652 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5656 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5657 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5660 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5661 Configure str9 boot bank.
5664 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5665 Configure str9 lvd source.
5668 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5669 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5672 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5673 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5676 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5677 Read str9 option bytes.
5680 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5681 Write str9 option bytes.
5684 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5693 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5694 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5696 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5697 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5699 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5700 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5702 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5705 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5708 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5711 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5715 @subsection mFlash commands
5716 @cindex mFlash commands
5718 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5719 Configure mflash PLL.
5720 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5721 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5722 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5723 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5726 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5727 Configure bootable option.
5728 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5732 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5733 Configure storage information.
5734 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5738 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5739 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5740 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5743 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5747 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5748 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5749 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5752 @node Flash Programming
5753 @chapter Flash Programming
5755 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5756 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5757 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5759 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5760 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5762 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5764 @item 'init' is executed.
5765 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5766 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5767 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5768 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5769 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5772 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5775 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5776 # are optional parameters
5777 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5778 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5780 # binary files need the flash address passing
5781 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5782 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5785 @node NAND Flash Commands
5786 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5789 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5790 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5791 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5793 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5794 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5795 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5796 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5797 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5798 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5800 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5801 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5802 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5803 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5804 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5805 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5806 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5807 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5808 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5809 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5811 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5812 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5813 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5814 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5815 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5816 every 512 bytes of data.
5818 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5819 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5820 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5821 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5824 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5826 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5827 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5828 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5829 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5830 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5831 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5832 to access that device.
5833 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5834 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5835 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5836 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5840 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5841 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5842 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5843 are only 32 bits wide.
5844 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5845 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5846 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5847 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5849 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5850 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5851 @cindex NAND configuration
5853 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5854 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5855 OpenOCD has initialized.
5857 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5858 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5859 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5860 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5861 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5862 they were a single (larger) device.
5863 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5864 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5866 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5867 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5868 configuration files, not interactively.
5871 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5872 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5873 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5874 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5875 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5876 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5877 commands to the NAND controller.
5878 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5879 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5880 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5881 for more information.
5885 @deffn Command {nand list}
5886 Prints a summary of each device declared
5887 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5888 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5891 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5892 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5893 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5894 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5899 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5900 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5901 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5902 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5903 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5904 it with most other NAND commands.
5907 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5909 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5910 @cindex NAND reading
5911 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5912 starting at the specified offset.
5913 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5915 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5916 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5918 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5919 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5920 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5922 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5923 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5924 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5925 method which handled that error correction.
5927 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5928 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5930 @item no oob_* parameter
5931 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5932 @item @code{oob_raw}
5933 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5934 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5935 spare areas associated with each data page.
5936 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5937 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5938 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5939 @item @code{oob_only}
5940 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5941 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5942 spare areas associated with each data page.
5946 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5947 @cindex NAND erasing
5948 @cindex NAND programming
5949 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5950 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5951 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5952 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5953 If those parameters are not specified,
5954 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5955 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5957 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5958 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5960 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5961 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5964 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5965 @cindex NAND writing
5966 @cindex NAND programming
5967 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5968 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5969 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5970 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5972 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5973 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5975 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5976 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5977 past the end of the device.
5978 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5979 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5980 if that's being written.)
5982 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5983 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5984 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5986 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5987 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5988 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5990 @item no oob_* parameter
5991 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5992 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5993 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5994 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5995 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5996 @item @code{oob_only}
5997 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5998 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5999 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
6000 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
6001 @item @code{oob_raw}
6002 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
6003 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
6005 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6006 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
6007 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
6008 @item @code{oob_softecc}
6009 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6010 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
6011 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
6012 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6013 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6014 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
6015 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6016 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
6017 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
6018 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6019 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6023 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
6024 @cindex NAND verification
6025 @cindex NAND programming
6026 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
6027 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
6028 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6030 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6031 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6033 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6034 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6035 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6036 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6037 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6039 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6040 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6041 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6043 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6044 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6045 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6046 be removed in a future release.
6049 @section Other NAND commands
6050 @cindex NAND other commands
6052 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6053 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6054 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6055 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6056 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6057 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6058 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6059 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6061 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6062 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6063 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6066 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6067 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6068 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6069 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6070 status for each block.
6073 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6074 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6075 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6077 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6078 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6079 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6080 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6081 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6083 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6084 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6085 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6086 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6087 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6088 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6089 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6092 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6093 @section NAND Driver List
6094 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6095 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6096 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6098 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6099 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6100 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6101 address of the ECC controller.
6103 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6105 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6106 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6107 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6108 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6109 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6110 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6111 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6112 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6114 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6115 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6116 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6119 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6120 properly configured for input or output.
6121 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6122 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6123 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6124 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6126 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6127 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6128 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6129 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6133 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6134 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6135 chips from Texas Instruments.
6136 It takes three extra parameters:
6137 address of the NAND chip;
6138 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6139 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6140 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6142 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6144 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6145 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6146 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6147 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6148 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6151 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6152 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6153 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6154 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6155 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6156 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6157 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6160 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6161 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6162 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6163 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6165 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6167 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6168 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6169 should work for this chip aswell.
6172 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6173 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6174 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6175 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6176 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6177 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6178 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6180 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6182 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6183 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6184 without parameter query status.
6188 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6189 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6190 parameter: the address of the controller.
6192 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6194 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6195 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6196 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6197 change any behavior.
6200 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6201 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6202 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6203 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6204 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6205 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6206 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6207 specialized commands.
6208 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6209 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6210 change any behavior.
6213 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6214 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6218 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6219 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6220 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6221 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6222 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6223 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6224 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6226 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6228 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6229 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6230 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6232 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6233 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6235 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6236 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6237 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6238 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6242 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6243 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6246 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6247 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6248 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6251 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6253 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6254 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6255 that particular type of PLD.
6257 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6258 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6259 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6260 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6261 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6263 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6264 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6269 @node General Commands
6270 @chapter General Commands
6273 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6274 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6275 commands are documented elsewhere.
6279 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6280 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6281 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6282 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6284 @item @b{From the human}
6285 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6286 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6288 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6289 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6290 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6292 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6293 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6298 @section Daemon Commands
6300 @deffn {Command} exit
6301 Exits the current telnet session.
6304 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6305 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6306 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6307 Not every command provides helptext.
6309 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6310 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6311 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6312 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6315 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6316 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6317 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6318 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6319 Useful in connection with script files
6320 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6323 @deffn Command shutdown
6324 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6328 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6329 @cindex message level
6330 Display debug level.
6331 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6332 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6333 Level 0 is error messages only;
6334 level 1 adds warnings;
6335 level 2 adds informational messages;
6336 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6337 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6338 the command line along with the location of that log
6339 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6343 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6344 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6345 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6346 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6348 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6352 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6353 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6354 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6357 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6358 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6361 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6362 @section Target State handling
6365 @cindex target initialization
6367 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6368 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6369 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6370 a current target which is used to perform the
6371 various operations. The current target may be changed
6372 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6373 target which should become current.
6375 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [(value|'force')]]
6376 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6377 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6378 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6379 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6381 @emph{With no arguments}:
6382 list all available registers for the current target,
6383 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6384 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6385 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6386 are flagged as such.
6388 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6389 Use @var{force} argument to read directly from the target,
6390 bypassing any internal cache.
6392 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6393 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6394 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6395 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6396 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6397 relevant module will flush such values.
6399 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6400 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6405 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6406 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6409 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6414 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6415 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6416 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6417 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6418 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6419 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6420 (and enter debug mode).
6421 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6424 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6425 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6426 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6427 power mode by gating the core clock;
6428 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6430 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6431 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6432 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6433 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6434 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6435 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6437 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6438 work with a JTAG debugger.
6439 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6440 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6441 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6442 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6443 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6444 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6449 @deffn Command resume [address]
6450 Resume the target at its current code position,
6451 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6452 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6455 @deffn Command step [address]
6456 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6457 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6460 @anchor{resetcommand}
6461 @deffn Command reset
6462 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6463 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6464 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6465 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6466 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6467 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6469 The optional parameter specifies what should
6470 happen after the reset.
6471 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6472 The other options will not work on all systems.
6473 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6476 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6477 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6478 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6482 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6483 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6484 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6485 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6486 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6487 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6491 @section I/O Utilities
6493 These commands are available when
6494 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6495 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6497 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6499 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6501 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6502 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6503 the text file @file{filename}.
6504 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6505 The last string is followed by a newline.
6508 @deffn Command cat filename
6509 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6512 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6513 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6514 into @file{dest_filename}.
6518 @emph{No description provided.}
6522 @emph{No description provided.}
6526 @emph{No description provided.}
6529 @deffn Command meminfo
6530 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6531 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6535 @emph{No description provided.}
6539 @emph{No description provided.}
6542 @deffn Command rm filename
6543 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6544 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6547 @deffn Command trunc filename
6548 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6551 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6552 @section Memory access commands
6553 @cindex memory access
6555 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6556 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6557 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6558 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6561 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6562 to change the current target.
6563 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6564 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6565 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6568 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6569 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6570 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6571 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6572 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6573 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6574 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6575 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6576 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6577 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6578 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6579 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6580 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6583 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6584 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6585 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6586 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6587 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6588 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6589 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6590 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6591 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6592 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6595 @anchor{imageaccess}
6596 @section Image loading commands
6597 @cindex image loading
6598 @cindex image dumping
6600 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6601 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6602 binary file named @var{filename}.
6605 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6606 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6607 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6610 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6611 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6612 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6613 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6614 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6615 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6616 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6617 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6621 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6622 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6623 The file format may optionally be specified
6624 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6625 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6626 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6627 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6629 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6630 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6631 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6632 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6637 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6638 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6639 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6640 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6641 The file format may optionally be specified
6642 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6645 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6646 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6647 The file format may optionally be specified
6648 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6649 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6653 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6657 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6658 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6660 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6662 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6663 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6664 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6665 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6666 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6667 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6669 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6670 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6673 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6674 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6677 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6678 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6681 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6682 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6683 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6684 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6685 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6686 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6687 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6688 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6689 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6692 @section Misc Commands
6695 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6696 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6697 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6698 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6701 @deffn Command {version}
6702 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6705 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6706 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6707 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6710 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6711 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6712 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6713 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6715 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6716 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6717 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6718 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6720 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6721 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6726 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6727 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6728 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6732 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6733 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6734 supports such an interface.
6735 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6736 and trace port support.)
6737 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6738 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6739 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6740 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6741 in the board-specific configuration file.
6743 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6744 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6745 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6746 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6747 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6750 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6753 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6754 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6756 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6757 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6758 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6759 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6760 dummy trace port driver}.
6762 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6763 as well as tracing only during specific states
6764 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6766 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6767 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6768 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6769 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6770 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6772 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6773 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6774 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6775 this original style of JTAG access.
6778 @subsection ETM Configuration
6779 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6781 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6782 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6783 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6785 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6786 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6787 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6788 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6789 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6790 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6791 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6792 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6793 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6795 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6796 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6797 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6800 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6801 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6802 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6803 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6807 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6808 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6809 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6810 what CPU activities are traced.
6814 @deffn Command {etm info}
6815 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6816 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6817 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6818 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6821 @deffn Command {etm status}
6822 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6823 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6824 Did trace data overflow?
6828 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6829 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6830 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6831 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6832 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6835 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6836 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6838 @option{none} (save nothing),
6839 @option{data} (save data),
6840 @option{address} (save addresses),
6841 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6842 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6843 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6844 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6845 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6846 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6847 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6848 trace stream without an image of the code.
6852 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6853 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6854 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6855 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6856 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6858 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6859 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6860 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6863 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6865 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6866 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6867 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6869 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6870 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6871 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6872 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6873 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6874 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6875 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6877 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6880 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6881 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6882 for instruction access within that function's body.
6883 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6884 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6885 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6886 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6887 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6888 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6889 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6890 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6891 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6892 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6893 @item @emph{... more}
6896 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6897 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6899 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6900 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6901 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6904 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6905 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6908 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6909 Opens an image file.
6912 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6913 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6916 @deffn Command {etm start}
6917 Starts trace data collection.
6920 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6921 Stops trace data collection.
6924 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6925 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6927 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6929 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6930 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6931 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6932 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6933 any trace data collection.}
6934 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6935 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6939 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6940 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6941 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6942 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6943 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6944 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6946 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6947 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6948 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6949 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6950 trace trigger becomes active.
6953 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6954 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6956 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6957 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6958 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6959 what caused that event to happen.
6960 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6961 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6962 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6963 how the event caused trouble.
6965 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6970 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6971 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6972 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6973 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6974 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6976 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6977 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6979 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6980 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6981 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6984 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6985 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6988 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6989 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6994 @section Generic ARM
6997 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6998 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6999 commands that may be available.
7001 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
7002 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
7003 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
7004 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
7005 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7006 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
7009 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
7011 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
7012 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
7013 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
7014 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
7015 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
7016 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7017 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
7019 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
7020 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
7021 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
7022 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
7023 with a handful of exceptions.
7024 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
7027 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
7028 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
7029 passing parameters @var{CRn},
7030 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7031 and using the MCR instruction.
7032 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7036 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7037 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7038 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7039 and the MRC instruction.
7040 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7041 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7045 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7046 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7047 core mode if necessary.
7050 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7051 @cindex ARM semihosting
7052 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7054 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7055 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7056 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7057 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7058 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7059 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7062 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7066 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7067 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7068 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7071 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7075 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7076 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7077 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7078 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7080 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7081 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7082 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7083 instead of breakpoints.
7084 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7087 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7088 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7089 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7092 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7094 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7095 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7096 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7098 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7099 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7100 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7103 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7104 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7105 that don't check completion of the operation.
7106 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7108 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7109 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7110 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7113 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7116 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7117 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7118 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7119 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7121 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7122 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7123 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7125 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7126 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7127 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7130 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7133 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7135 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7137 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7138 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7139 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7140 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7142 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7143 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7144 @cindex vector_catch
7145 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7146 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7147 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7148 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7149 to those hardware vectors.
7151 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7152 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7153 vector catch hardware to intercept
7154 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7155 @option{none} of them,
7156 or a list with one or more of the following:
7157 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7158 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7161 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7164 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7165 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7166 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7167 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7170 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7171 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7172 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7175 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7176 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7177 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7178 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7179 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7180 (Not all registers can be written.)
7183 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7184 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7185 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7187 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7188 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7189 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7190 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7191 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7192 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7195 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7196 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7199 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7200 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7203 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7206 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7207 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7208 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7209 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7212 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7213 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7215 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7216 Print information about the caches found.
7219 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7222 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7223 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7224 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7227 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7228 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7229 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7230 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7232 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7233 as required for BIST support.
7236 @subsection XScale specific commands
7239 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7241 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7242 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7243 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7244 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7245 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7246 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7247 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7249 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7250 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7251 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7254 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7255 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7256 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7257 code layout in memory:
7260 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7261 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7262 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7263 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7264 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7265 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7266 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7267 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7269 .long real_reset_vector
7270 .long real_ui_handler
7271 .long real_swi_handler
7273 .long real_data_abort
7274 .long 0 /* unused */
7275 .long real_irq_handler
7276 .long real_fiq_handler
7279 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7280 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7281 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7282 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7283 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7284 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7285 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7286 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7287 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7288 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7289 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7290 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7291 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7292 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7293 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7294 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7297 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7298 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7299 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7300 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7302 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7303 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7304 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7305 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7306 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7307 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7308 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7309 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7310 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7312 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7313 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7315 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7316 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7319 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7320 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7323 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7324 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7327 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7328 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7329 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7332 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7333 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7336 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7337 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7340 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7341 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7344 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7345 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7348 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7349 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7352 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7353 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7354 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7355 and modifying how it is emptied.
7358 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7359 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7360 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7361 The image @var{type} may be one of
7362 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7363 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7364 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7367 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7368 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7369 @cindex vector_catch
7370 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7371 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7373 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7376 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7377 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7378 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7379 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7386 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7387 @cindex vector_table
7389 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7390 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7391 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7392 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7393 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7395 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7399 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7402 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7405 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7406 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7407 which is enabled by default.
7408 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7409 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7410 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7411 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7412 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7413 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7416 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7417 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7418 which is enabled by default.
7419 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7420 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7423 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7424 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7425 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7426 they are disabled by default.
7427 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7430 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7431 @cindex vector_catch
7432 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7433 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7434 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7436 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7437 for certain hardware events.
7438 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7439 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7440 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7443 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7446 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7447 @cindex Debug Access Port
7449 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7450 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7451 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7453 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7454 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7455 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7458 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7459 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7462 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7463 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7464 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7467 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7468 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7469 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7472 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7473 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7474 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7475 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7478 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7479 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7483 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7486 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7487 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7489 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7490 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7491 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7492 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7493 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7494 the step command leaves with the core running.
7496 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7497 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7498 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7500 Default is @option{auto}.
7503 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7504 @cindex vector_catch
7505 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7506 for certain hardware events.
7508 Parameters request interception of
7509 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7510 @option{none} of them,
7511 or one or more of the following:
7512 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7513 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7514 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7517 @option{chk_err}, or
7518 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7520 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7521 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7522 are mapped to HardFault.
7523 UsageFault checks for
7524 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7525 must also be explicitly enabled.
7527 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7530 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7531 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7532 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7534 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7535 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7536 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7538 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7539 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7540 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7542 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7545 @section Intel Architecture
7547 Intel Quark X10xx is the first product in the Quark family of SoCs. It is an IA-32
7548 (Pentium x86 ISA) compatible SoC. The core CPU in the X10xx is codenamed Lakemont.
7549 Lakemont version 1 (LMT1) is used in X10xx. The CPU TAP (Lakemont TAP) is used for
7550 software debug and the CLTAP is used for SoC level operations.
7551 Useful docs are here: https://communities.intel.com/community/makers/documentation
7553 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 OpenOCD/GDB/Eclipse App Note (web search for doc num 330015)
7554 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Debug Operations User Guide (web search for doc num 329866)
7555 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Datasheet (web search for doc num 329676)
7558 @subsection x86 32-bit specific commands
7559 The three main address spaces for x86 are memory, I/O and configuration space.
7560 These commands allow a user to read and write to the 64Kbyte I/O address space.
7562 @deffn Command {x86_32 idw} address
7563 Display the contents of a 32-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7566 @deffn Command {x86_32 idh} address
7567 Display the contents of a 16-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7570 @deffn Command {x86_32 idb} address
7571 Display the contents of a 8-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7574 @deffn Command {x86_32 iww} address
7575 Write the contents of a 32-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7578 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwh} address
7579 Write the contents of a 16-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7582 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwb} address
7583 Write the contents of a 8-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7586 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7588 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7589 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7591 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7592 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7593 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7595 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7596 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7598 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7600 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7601 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7602 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7605 @subsection Registers commands
7606 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7607 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7608 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7610 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7612 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7613 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7618 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7623 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7624 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7626 @emph{group} can be "system",
7627 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7628 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7631 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7632 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7633 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7637 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7638 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7639 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7640 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7642 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7643 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7644 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7645 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7646 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7647 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7649 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7650 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7651 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7652 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7653 The target being debugged may
7654 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7655 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7656 each supported by a command:
7659 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7660 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7661 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7662 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7664 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7665 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7666 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7668 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7669 and then displayed at any time.
7670 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7672 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7673 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7676 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7677 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7678 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7679 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7680 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7681 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7682 does the same thing.
7684 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7685 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7686 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7687 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7688 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7690 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7691 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7692 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7695 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7696 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7697 in the order they triggered.
7698 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7699 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7703 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7704 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7705 they have been triggered.
7706 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7707 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7708 and associates it with that identifier.
7710 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7711 are not related except by this command.
7712 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7713 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7718 @chapter JTAG Commands
7719 @cindex JTAG Commands
7720 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7721 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7722 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7723 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7724 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7726 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7727 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7730 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7731 devices such as a CPUs.
7732 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7733 standard state machine (in parallel)
7734 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7735 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7736 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7737 while the reading previous ones.
7738 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7739 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7740 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7741 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7742 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7746 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7748 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7749 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7750 the order of TAP state transitions.
7751 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7752 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7753 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7754 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7755 these commands are not available.
7757 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7758 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7759 that specify the entire register.
7760 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7761 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7762 The return value holds the original value of each
7765 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7766 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7767 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7768 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7769 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7771 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7772 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7774 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7776 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7777 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7778 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7781 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7782 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7783 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7784 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7785 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7786 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7787 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7788 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7792 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7793 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7794 This may be used for performance tuning.
7796 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7797 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7798 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7799 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7800 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7801 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7804 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7805 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7806 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7807 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7808 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7809 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7811 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7813 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7814 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7815 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7818 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7819 register values, unlike data register values.
7820 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7821 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7825 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7826 Set values of reset signals.
7827 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7828 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7829 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7830 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7831 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7832 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7833 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7835 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7836 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7837 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7838 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7839 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7840 instead of the TRST signal.
7841 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7842 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7843 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7844 with handlers for that event.
7847 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7848 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7849 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7850 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7851 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7852 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7853 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7854 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7855 The final state must also be stable.
7858 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7859 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7860 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7861 Instructions often need some time
7862 to execute before they take effect.
7865 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7866 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7868 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7869 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7870 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7871 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7872 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7875 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7876 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7877 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7878 must also be enabled.
7882 @section TAP state names
7883 @cindex TAP state names
7885 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7886 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7887 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7888 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7891 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7892 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7893 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7896 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7897 through the data register
7899 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7900 for update or more shifting
7905 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7906 through the instruction register
7908 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7909 for update or more shifting
7914 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7915 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7916 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7917 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7920 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7921 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7922 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7923 may not be as expected.
7924 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7925 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7926 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7927 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7928 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7929 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7932 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7933 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7935 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7936 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7937 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7938 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7940 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7941 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7944 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7945 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7946 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7947 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7949 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7950 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7951 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7952 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7953 each command is logged before it is executed.
7956 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7957 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7960 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7961 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7963 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7964 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7966 @quotation Important
7967 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7970 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7971 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7972 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7973 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7975 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7976 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7977 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7978 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7981 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7982 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7983 after building the software.
7984 You may find them useful:
7987 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7988 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7989 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7990 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7993 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7994 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7995 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7996 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7997 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7998 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7999 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
8002 @node Utility Commands
8003 @chapter Utility Commands
8004 @cindex Utility Commands
8006 @section RAM testing
8009 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
8010 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
8011 testing procedures allowing the detection of all sorts of issues with
8012 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
8015 To use them, you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first;
8016 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
8017 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
8018 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
8020 Load the memory testing functions with
8023 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
8026 to get access to the following facilities:
8028 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
8029 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
8030 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
8033 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
8034 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
8035 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
8036 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
8039 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
8040 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
8041 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
8042 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
8045 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
8046 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
8049 @section Firmware recovery helpers
8050 @cindex Firmware recovery
8052 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to facilitate mass-market
8053 devices recovery with JTAG.
8055 For quickstart instructions run:
8057 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
8063 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host (as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
8064 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
8066 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
8067 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
8068 server (tftpd). For example,
8071 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
8074 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8075 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8077 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8078 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8079 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8080 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8082 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8083 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8085 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol and, as such, can be used
8086 to debug remote targets.
8087 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8090 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8091 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8092 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8093 as shown in this chapter.
8094 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8095 that also will probably need to be configured.
8098 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8099 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8100 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8101 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8102 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8103 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8105 @section Connecting to GDB
8106 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8107 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8108 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8109 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8110 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8112 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8116 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8118 target remote localhost:3333
8120 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8122 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8124 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8127 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8129 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8131 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8132 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8133 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8134 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8137 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8140 @section Sample GDB session startup
8142 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8143 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8144 Here's an example showing how to start a debug session with a
8146 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8147 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8150 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8151 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8152 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8154 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8157 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8158 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8159 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8160 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8161 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8167 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8168 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8169 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8170 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8172 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8174 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8175 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8176 packet size and the device's memory map.
8177 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8178 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8179 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8181 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8182 You may need to set those up by hand.
8183 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8187 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8190 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8193 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8194 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8197 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8198 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8199 do not have such restrictions.
8201 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8202 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8203 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8207 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8209 define hookpost-step
8210 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8214 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8215 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8216 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8217 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8219 @section Programming using GDB
8220 @cindex Programming using GDB
8221 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8223 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8224 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8226 gdb_memory_map disable
8228 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8229 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8232 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8233 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8234 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8235 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8237 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}.
8238 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8240 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8241 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8243 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8246 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8247 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8249 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8250 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8253 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8254 script can be executed:
8256 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8259 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8261 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8262 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8264 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8266 @item j - smp status request
8267 @item J - smp set request
8270 OpenOCD implements :
8272 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8273 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8274 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8275 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8276 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8277 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8280 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8282 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8283 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8286 #Jc01 packet is sent
8288 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8291 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8292 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8295 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8301 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8310 @section RTOS Support
8311 @cindex RTOS Support
8312 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8314 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8315 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8317 @* An example setup is below:
8320 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8323 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8325 Currently supported rtos's include:
8328 @item @option{ThreadX}
8329 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8330 @item @option{linux}
8331 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8332 @item @option{embKernel}
8336 Before an RTOS can be detected, it must export certain symbols; otherwise, it cannot
8337 be used by OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8342 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8343 @item ThreadX symbols
8344 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8345 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8346 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8347 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8348 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8351 @item ChibiOS symbols
8352 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8353 @item embKernel symbols
8354 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8355 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8358 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8359 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8360 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8362 @node Tcl Scripting API
8363 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8364 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8368 Tcl commands are stateless; e.g. the @command{telnet} command has
8369 a concept of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort
8370 of state information as an argument to each proc.
8372 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8373 pair list and lists.
8375 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8380 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8381 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8382 > set foo(duck) Donald
8394 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8397 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8400 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8401 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8405 Lists returned should be relatively small. Otherwise, a range
8406 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8408 @section Internal low-level Commands
8410 By "low-level," we mean commands that a human would typically not
8413 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_"; e.g.
8414 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8415 is the low-level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8418 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8420 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8421 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8423 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8424 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8426 Return information about the flash banks
8429 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8430 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8431 called "flash_banks".
8433 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8435 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8436 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8437 holds one of the following values:
8440 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8441 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8442 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8443 @item @b{openbsd} Running under OpenBSD
8444 @item @b{netbsd} Running under NetBSD
8445 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8446 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8447 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8448 @item @b{ecos} Running under eCos
8449 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8452 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8455 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8456 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8457 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8458 is jim, not real tcl).
8466 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8468 @cindex adaptive clocking
8471 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8472 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8473 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8474 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8476 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8477 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8478 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8481 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8482 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8484 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8485 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8488 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8489 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8490 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8491 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8492 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8495 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8496 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8497 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8499 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8500 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8501 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8503 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8504 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8505 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8506 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8508 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8510 In order to make use of this,
8511 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8512 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8514 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8515 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8516 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8517 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8518 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8520 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8521 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8522 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8523 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8525 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8526 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8527 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8528 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8530 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8531 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8532 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8533 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8534 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8535 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8537 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8539 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8541 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8542 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8543 depending on the chips on your board.
8544 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8545 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8546 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8548 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8549 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8550 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8552 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8553 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8554 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8555 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8557 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8558 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8559 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8562 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8563 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8565 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8566 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8567 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8569 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8577 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8579 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8580 around Windows filenames.
8593 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8595 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8596 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8597 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8599 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8600 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8601 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8603 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8604 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8605 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8607 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8609 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8610 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8611 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8612 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8614 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8615 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8616 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8618 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8619 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8621 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8622 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8623 memory read caused data abort".
8625 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8626 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8627 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8628 be done, feel free to add this here.
8630 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8631 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8632 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8633 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8634 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8635 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8638 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8639 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8640 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8642 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8643 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8647 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8648 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8650 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8651 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8652 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8653 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8654 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8655 reset, everything else should work fine.
8657 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8658 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8659 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8660 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8662 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8663 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8664 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8665 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8667 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8669 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8670 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8671 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8672 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8674 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8675 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8676 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8677 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8679 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8680 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8681 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8683 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8684 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8686 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8687 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8688 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8689 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8690 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8691 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8692 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8695 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8696 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8697 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8698 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8699 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8701 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8703 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8704 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8705 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8706 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8707 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8708 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8709 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8711 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8713 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8714 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8715 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8716 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8718 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8719 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8722 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8723 the same order used by the hardware.
8725 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8726 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8727 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8728 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8729 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8730 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8732 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8733 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8734 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8735 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8738 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8739 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8740 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8741 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8742 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8745 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8748 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8749 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8750 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8751 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8752 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8756 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8757 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8758 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8764 @node Tcl Crash Course
8765 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8768 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8769 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8770 how the Tcl scripts work.
8772 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8773 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8774 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8777 @section Tcl Rule #1
8778 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8780 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8781 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8784 The Tcl equal is this:
8787 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8788 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8791 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8792 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8794 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8795 There is a second pair of rules.
8797 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8798 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8799 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8801 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8802 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8803 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8804 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8807 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8808 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8809 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8810 Everything is a string}
8812 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8813 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8814 difference is subtle.
8817 @item Evaluation Time
8820 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8821 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8822 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8824 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8825 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8826 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8827 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8830 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8831 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8832 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8833 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8834 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8838 echo "The Date is: $X"
8841 puts "The Date is: $X"
8843 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8844 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8845 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8846 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8850 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8852 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8853 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8854 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8855 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8856 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8857 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8858 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8861 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8863 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8865 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8867 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8870 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8871 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8872 line is immedatly executed.
8874 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8875 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8877 @subsection Command Execution
8879 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8880 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8881 control flow operators.
8883 Commands are executed like this:
8886 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8887 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8888 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8891 It sort of works like this:
8894 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8896 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8898 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8902 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8903 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8904 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8905 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8906 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8909 @subsection The FOR command
8911 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8912 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8913 command just like any other command.
8915 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8916 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8920 @item The ascii text 'for'
8921 @item The start text
8922 @item The test expression
8927 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8928 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8929 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8930 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8932 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8933 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8937 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8939 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8942 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8943 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8944 still operates in the same basic way.
8946 @subsection FOR command implementation
8948 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8949 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8951 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8953 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8955 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8956 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8957 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8959 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8960 expression and returns a value.
8962 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8963 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8965 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8967 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8970 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8975 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8979 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8981 // Execute the start statement.
8982 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8986 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8991 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8993 // Execute the LOOP part
8994 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8998 SetResult( interp, "" );
9003 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
9004 in the same basic way.
9006 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
9008 @subsection source and find commands
9009 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
9010 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
9011 @*Remember the parsing rules
9013 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
9014 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
9015 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
9016 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
9017 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
9018 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
9019 That character begins Tcl comments.)
9020 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
9021 it reads a file and executes as a script.
9023 @subsection format command
9024 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
9025 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
9031 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
9034 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
9035 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
9036 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
9038 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
9039 @* Refer to Rule #1.
9040 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
9042 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
9043 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
9046 proc someproc @{@} @{
9047 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
9049 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
9050 #2 Good - no variables
9051 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
9052 #3 Good Curly Braces
9053 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
9056 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
9057 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
9060 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
9061 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
9062 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
9063 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
9064 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
9066 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
9067 @*There are 4 examples:
9069 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
9070 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
9071 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
9072 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
9075 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
9076 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
9077 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
9079 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
9080 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
9081 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9082 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9083 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9084 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9085 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9087 @subsection Global Variables
9088 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9089 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9090 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9092 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9093 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9094 global x #Global variable X
9095 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9098 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9099 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9101 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9102 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9104 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9108 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9111 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9113 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9114 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9115 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9121 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9122 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9123 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9124 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9125 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9126 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9130 @node Command and Driver Index
9131 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index